{"title":"Fixed column drills","description":"\u003cp\u003eBench drills cover every need: models from €206 to €23,126, with drilling capacities from 14mm to 80mm. The range includes professional brands such as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.krollit.it\/collections\/bernardo\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.krollit.it\/collections\/guede\"\u003eGüde\u003c\/a\u003e, with solutions for hobbyists, artisans, and mechanical industries. You'll find compact bench drills for small workshops, Vario models with continuously adjustable speed, gear-driven drills for heavy-duty work, and the KBM industrial series for drilling up to 80mm in steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll models are equipped with precision chucks, tilting tables, and CE-compliant guards. Motors are available in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions. Krollit has been distributing machine tools since 2007. Every professional bench drill includes complete technical documentation, manufacturer's warranty, and dedicated technical support. Shipping throughout Italy with specialized heavy machinery courier.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-25","title":"Bernardo KBM 25 fixed column drill – steel drilling Ø 25 mm, threading M16, taper MT 3, 2.2 kW three-phase motor, torque 160 Nm, weight 950 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 25 fixed column drilling machine is the compact model in the KBM range for medium-capacity mechanical workshops, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and threading up to M16 with automatic reversal. Technical characteristics: MT 3 Morse taper, 9 spindle speeds 50-2,000 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque, 9,000 N feed force. 550 × 400 mm cast iron table with 14 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 280 mm spindle-column distance, max 710 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, 950 kg weight, 700 × 960 × 2,340 mm machine dimensions. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M16 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 25 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 25 is an industrial fixed column drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops and industrial production with drilling in steel up to Ø 25 mm and threading up to M16. Key structural feature: the massive cast iron structure (950 kg weight) with adjustable dovetail guides offers stability for precision drilling. The 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque and 9,000 N feed force develops the necessary power for through drilling on mild structural steel, medium alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), cast iron, aluminum and light alloys. The automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) allows automated execution of long drills (over 50 mm deep) without operator fatigue. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M16 threading without the need to manually stop the spindle: the motor rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached. In Krollit customer workshops, KBM 25 and KBM 32 drilling machines are chosen by mechanical workshops with serial production of medium-sized parts, technical schools and professional training workshops, industrial maintenance workshops for component repairs, and metal structural works for assembly holes on welded structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drilling machine range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 25 and KBM 32 are the most compact models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (550×400 mm table, 950 kg weight) and motor (2.2 kW, 160 Nm torque). Differences: the KBM 25 has max drilling Ø 25 mm with MT 3 taper and M16 threading; the KBM 32 has drilling Ø 32 mm with MT 4 taper and M22 threading. For workshops with prevalent use of tools Ø under 25 mm, the KBM 25 is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price; for workshops with tools up to Ø 32 mm, the KBM 32 is correctly sized with the same structure but a larger taper. For higher capacities (Ø 40 mm), the KBM 40\/50 models (medium category with 3-4 kW motor and 350 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to significant weight, a pallet truck or crane is required for unloading and handling. HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KBM 25 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 950 kg with 400V three-phase line required. For occasional use, bench drills DMT 20 or column drills BM\/TB are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with drilling up to Ø 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3 taper sized for tools Ø under 25 mm. 9-range automatic feed for productivity on multiple drills. M16 threading with automatic reversal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust machine for use by multiple students, cast iron structure with dovetail guides. Spindle speed 50-2,000 rpm covers most teaching materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase industrial line with adequate section; environments without space for machine dimensions (700 × 960 × 2,340 mm); high-precision concentric drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 960 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 25 drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between an MT 3 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 Morse taper is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 25 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For serial production, automatic feed allows the execution of multiple identical drills without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M16 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M16 threading without the need to manually stop the spindle: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mounting the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjusting the depth stop, positioning the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, when the depth is reached the direction automatically reverses, withdrawing the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision boring, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 2.2 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 16A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the cross-sections of the current cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696546353480,"sku":"01-1340XL","price":9028.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_25_compatto_e_robusto.png?v=1758028868"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-32","title":"Bernardo KBM 32 Fixed Column Drill – steel drilling Ø 32 mm, M22 thread, MT 4 taper, 2.2 kW three-phase motor, 160 Nm torque, 950 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 32 fixed column drill is the compact model in the KBM range with an MT 4 taper for tools up to Ø 32 mm, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 32 mm and threading up to M22 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: Morse taper MT 4, 9 spindle speeds 50-2,000 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque, feed force 9,000 N. Cast iron table 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots, table lift 300 mm, spindle-column distance 280 mm, max spindle-table distance 680 mm. Cast iron structure, weight 950 kg, machine dimensions 700 × 960 × 2,340 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M22 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 32 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 32 is an industrial fixed column drill sized for mechanical workshops and industrial production with drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and threading up to M22. Key design feature: the massive cast iron structure (weight 950 kg) with adjustable dovetail guides offers stability for precision drilling. The 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque and 9,000 N feed force develops the necessary power for through-drilling on mild structural steel, medium alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), cast iron, aluminum and light alloys. The automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) allows automated execution of long holes (over 50 mm deep) without operator fatigue. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M22 threading without the need for manual spindle stop: the motor rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached. In Krollit customer laboratories, KBM 25 and KBM 32 drills are chosen by mechanical workshops with series production of medium-sized parts, technical schools and professional training laboratories, industrial maintenance workshops for component repairs, metal structural workshops for assembly holes on welded structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 25 and KBM 32 are the most compact models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (table 550×400 mm, weight 950 kg) and motor (2.2 kW, 160 Nm torque). Differences: the KBM 25 has a max drilling capacity of Ø 25 mm with MT 3 taper and M16 threading; the KBM 32 has a drilling capacity of Ø 32 mm with MT 4 taper and M22 threading. For workshops primarily using tools below Ø 25 mm, the KBM 25 is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price; for workshops with tools up to Ø 32 mm, the KBM 32 is correctly sized with the same structure but a larger taper. For higher capacities (Ø 40 mm), the KBM 40\/50 models (medium category with 3-4 kW motor and 350 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to significant weight, a pallet truck or crane is required for unloading and handling. HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 32 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 950 kg requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with drilling up to Ø 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4 taper sized for tools up to Ø 32 mm. Automatic feed 9 ranges for productivity on multiple holes. M22 threading with automatic reversal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust machine for use by multiple students, cast iron structure with dovetail guides. Spindle speed 50-2,000 rpm covers most didactic materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate industrial 400V three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (700 × 960 × 2,340 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobbyist use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB bench drills from the range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and Feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 960 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 32 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE-compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 4 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 4 is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 32 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant speed, adjustable according to the material, eliminating the physical effort of the operator on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow work and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M22 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M22 threading without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, upon reaching the depth, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industry standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply does this machine need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 2.2 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 16A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrade is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696548778312,"sku":"01-1341XL","price":10065.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_32_compatto.png?v=1758027894"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-40","title":"Bernardo KBM 40 Fixed Column Drill – steel drilling Ø 40 mm, M30 threading, MT 4 taper, 3.0 kW three-phase motor, 350 Nm torque, 1,250 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 40 fixed column drill is the medium model in the KBM range with a 3 kW motor for industrial workshops handling medium-heavy workpieces, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 40 mm and tapping up to M30 with automatic reversal. Technical characteristics: Morse taper spindle MT 4, 12 spindle speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 3.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque, 16,000 N feed force. Cast iron table 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots, table lift 315 mm, spindle-column distance 335 mm, spindle-table distance max 740 mm. Cast iron structure, weight 1,250 kg, machine dimensions 750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTapping capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M30 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 40 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 40 is a medium-heavy fixed column drill for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production. Drilling capacity Ø 40 mm and tapping up to M30: sized for medium-large workpieces (over 200 × 200 mm), with a 3.0 kW motor and 350 Nm torque, more than double that of KBM 25\/32 models. The 16,000 N feed force allows through-drilling on high-strength alloy steels (HSS tool steel, 42CrMo4, 30NiCrMo12) and tough materials. Cast iron table 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots: larger dimensions compared to light models for supporting large workpieces. The MT 4 taper supports tools up to Ø 40 mm: for drilling diameters larger than the Morse taper, this model is not correctly sized, the KBM 50 version (MT 5) is required. Typical application sectors: mechanical industry with production of medium-heavy mechanical components, industrial maintenance workshops for motor and transmission repair, metal fabrication with heavy structures for construction and infrastructure, agricultural industry for building and maintaining agricultural machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 40 and KBM 50 are the medium models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (table 560×480 mm, weight 1,250 kg) and MT 4 spindle taper. Differences: the KBM 40 has Ø 40 mm drilling with a 3.0 kW motor and speeds of 31.5-1,400 rpm; the KBM 50 has Ø 50 mm drilling with a 4.0 kW motor and speeds of 45-850 rpm (lower range for higher torque on large tools). For workshops with typical tools Ø 25-40 mm, the KBM 40 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools Ø 40-50 mm, the KBM 50 is sized with a higher motor. For higher capacities (Ø 63-80 mm), the KBM 63\/80 models (heavy category with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to its heavy weight, it requires a crane or heavy pallet truck for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, seals, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KBM 40 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,250 kg with required 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical industry with medium-heavy workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560×480 mm table for supporting large workpieces, 3.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque for through-drilling on alloy steels. 16,000 N feed force allows heavy-duty operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication for welded structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm table lift allows adaptation to different workpiece heights. Tapping with automatic reversal for threaded holes on workshop structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line with adequate cross-section; environments without space for machine dimensions (750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm); high-precision drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench drill range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper spindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 40 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 4 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 Morse taper is dimensioned for tools up to Ø 40 mm. For larger diameter tools, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between spindle and tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers and tapered reducing sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional keyless chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for identical multiple holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M30 tapping require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The tapping device with automatic reversal allows M30 tapping without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation reverses automatically when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tapping procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with tapping lubricant. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, when the depth is reached the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific tapping oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industry standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-phase 400V line with adequate cable cross-section for the 3.0 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 20A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrade is necessary (typical cost 500-1,500 € for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (200-500 €). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to verify existing meter power availability and current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696551399752,"sku":"01-1342XL","price":11724.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_40_professionale.png?v=1758026993"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-50","title":"Bernardo KBM 50 Fixed Column Drilling Machine – drilling capacity steel Ø 50 mm, threading M42, MT 5 taper, 4.0 kW three-phase motor, 350 Nm torque, 1,250 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 50 fixed column drill is the upper-medium model in the KBM range, featuring a 4 kW motor and MT 5 taper, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 50 mm and threading up to M42 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: MT 5 Morse taper attachment, 9 spindle speeds 45-850 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 4.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque, 16,000 N feed force. 560 × 480 mm cast iron table with 18 mm T-slots, 315 mm table lift, 335 mm spindle-column distance, max 720 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, weight 1,250 kg, machine dimensions 750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M42 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 45-850 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 kW 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 50 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 50 is a medium-heavy duty fixed column drill for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production. Drilling capacity Ø 50 mm and threading up to M42: sized for medium-to-large workpieces (over 200 × 200 mm), with a 4.0 kW motor and 350 Nm torque, more than double that of the KBM 25\/32 models. The 16,000 N feed force allows through-drilling on high-strength alloy steels (HSS tool steel, 42CrMo4, 30NiCrMo12) and tough materials. 560 × 480 mm cast iron table with 18 mm T-slots: larger dimensions than light models for supporting large workpieces. The MT 4 attachment supports tools up to Ø 50 mm: for drilling diameters larger than the Morse taper, this model is not correctly sized, the KBM 50 (MT 5) version is required. Typical application sectors: mechanical industry with production of medium-heavy mechanical components, industrial maintenance workshops for engine and transmission repair, metal structural work with heavy structures for construction and infrastructure, agricultural industry for construction and maintenance of agricultural machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 40 and KBM 50 are the medium models in the KBM range, sharing a frame (560×480 mm table, 1,250 kg weight) and MT 5 spindle taper. Differences: the KBM 40 has Ø 40 mm drilling with a 3.0 kW motor and speeds of 31.5-1,400 rpm; the KBM 50 has Ø 50 mm drilling with a 4.0 kW motor and speeds of 45-850 rpm (lower range for higher torque on large tools). For workshops with typical tools Ø 25-40 mm, the KBM 40 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools Ø 40-50 mm, the KBM 50 is sized with a superior motor. For higher capacities (Ø 63-80 mm), the KBM 63\/80 models are correctly sized (heavy category with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Due to its high weight, a crane or heavy pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 50 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg industrial machine requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, the DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical industry with medium-heavy parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560×480 mm table for supporting large workpieces, 4.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque for through-drilling on alloy steels. 16,000 N feed force allows for heavy-duty machining.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal structural work for welded structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm table lift allows adaptation to different workpiece heights. Threading with automatic reversal for threaded holes on structures in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate 400V industrial three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench drill range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 45-850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 50 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 5 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 5 Morse taper is sized for tools up to Ø 50 mm. For tools with larger diameters, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard defining the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant, adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For serial production, automatic feed allows for multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M42 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows for M42 threading without the need for manual spindle stops: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For superior precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 4.0 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 20A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification is recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696553201992,"sku":"01-1343XL","price":13366.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_50_professionale.png?v=1758019481"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-63","title":"Bernardo KBM 63 Fixed-Column Drill Press – drilling steel Ø 63 mm, M48 thread, MT 5 taper, 5.5 kW three-phase motor, 800 Nm torque, 2,500 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 63 fixed-column drill is the heavy model in the KBM range for heavy mechanics, with drilling capacity up to Ø 63 mm, steel drilling capacity up to Ø 63 mm, and threading up to M48 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: Morse taper MT 5 spindle, 9 spindle speeds 40-570 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev, 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque, 30,000 N feed force. Cast iron table 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 375 mm spindle-column distance, max 870 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, weight 2,500 kg, machine dimensions 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M48 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 63 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 63 is a heavy industrial fixed-column drill for high-volume mechanical production and heavy mechanics. Drilling capacity Ø 63 mm and threading up to M48: the largest model in the KBM range, sized for significant industrial workpieces. 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque (5 times the torque of KBM 25\/32 models) and 30,000 N feed force (3 times the force of light models): the machine develops power for large diameter drilling in heavy steels, cast iron, special materials, where smaller machines would fail. Heavy cast iron structure, weight 2,500 kg: machine dimensions 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. The MT 5 taper supports large diameter tools (over 50 mm): for drilling diameters Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 model is correctly sized; for drilling diameters Ø 63-80 mm, the KBM 80 model with MT 6 taper is required. Typical areas of use: heavy mechanics (forgings, castings, thick sheets), shipbuilding for the construction and maintenance of large components, aerospace and railway industries for the production of precision mechanical components, maintenance workshops for heavy industrial plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed-column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear-driven drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 63 and KBM 80 are the heavy models in the KBM range, sharing a heavy frame (table 660×555 mm, weight 2,500 kg), 5.5 kW motor, and 800 Nm torque. Differences: the KBM 63 has a drilling capacity of Ø 63 mm with MT 5 taper and M48 threading; the KBM 80 has a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm with MT 6 taper and M56 threading. For workshops with typical tools Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools up to Ø 80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary (MT 6 tools are significantly more expensive and less common). The heavy KBM models are the top of the Bernardo drill range: for higher capacities, industrial radial drills or dedicated CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to its high weight, a crane or heavy pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, seals, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 63 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 2,500 kg with required 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy mechanics (forgings, castings, thick sheets)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm capacity with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque: sized for heavy drilling on industrial steels. 30,000 N feed force. 660×555 mm table.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaval, railway, aerospace industry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability of the heavy cast iron structure (2,500 kg) for precision drilling on large components. Spindle speed 40-570 rpm (low range) for maximum torque on large diameter tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section; environments without space for machine dimensions (900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm); high-precision drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB bench models). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper spindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 63 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 5 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 5 is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 63 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the taper for coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-locking during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and tapered reducing sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant, adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M48 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M48 threading to be performed without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricant oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific threading oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed-column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does this machine need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 5.5 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 25A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-€1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-€500). Pre-purchase verification is recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the cross-sections of the current cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696557232456,"sku":"01-1344XL","price":22638.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_63_industriale.png?v=1758018687"},{"product_id":"trapano-colonna-fissa-bernardo-kbm80","title":"Bernardo KBM 80 Fixed Column Drill – drilling steel Ø 80 mm, thread M56, taper MT 6, 5.5 kW three-phase motor, torque 800 Nm, weight 2,500 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 80 fixed column drill is the top model in the KBM range, with drilling capabilities up to Ø 80 mm and an MT 6 taper, designed for heavy industrial production. It can drill steel up to Ø 80 mm and tap threads up to M56 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications include: MT 6 Morse taper, 9 spindle speeds from 40-570 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 6 ranges from 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev, 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque, and a feed force of 30,000 N. It features a 660 × 555 mm cast iron table with 22 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 375 mm spindle-to-column distance, and a maximum 810 mm spindle-to-table distance. Constructed from cast iron, it weighs 2,500 kg and has machine dimensions of 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTapping capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M56 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 80 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 80 is a heavy industrial fixed column drill for high-volume mechanical production and heavy engineering. With a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm and tapping up to M56, it is the largest model in the KBM range, sized for significant industrial workpieces. Its 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm of torque (5 times the torque of KBM 25\/32 models) and 30,000 N feed force (3 times the force of light models) provides the power needed for large-diameter drilling in heavy steels, cast iron, and special materials where smaller machines would fail. It has a heavy cast iron structure, weighing 2,500 kg, with machine dimensions of 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. The MT 6 taper supports large diameter tools (over 50 mm): for drilling diameters of Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 model is correctly sized; for drilling diameters of Ø 63-80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary. Typical application sectors include: heavy engineering (forgings, castings, thick plates), shipbuilding for construction and maintenance of large components, aerospace and railway industries for the production of precision mechanical components, and maintenance workshops for heavy industrial plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for artisanal workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 63 and KBM 80 are the heavy-duty models in the KBM range, sharing a heavy frame (660×555 mm table, 2,500 kg weight), 5.5 kW motor, and 800 Nm torque. Differences: the KBM 63 has a drilling capacity of Ø 63 mm with an MT 5 taper and M48 tapping; the KBM 80 has a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm with an MT 6 taper and M56 tapping. For workshops using typical tools from Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 is the correct choice; for workshops using tools up to Ø 80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary (MT 6 tools are significantly more expensive and less common). The heavy KBM models are the top of the Bernardo drill range: for higher capacities, industrial radial drills or dedicated CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Due to its heavy weight, a crane or heavy-duty pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 80 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 2,500 kg requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy engineering (forgings, castings, thick plates)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Ø 80 mm with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque: sized for heavy drilling on industrial steels. Feed force of 30,000 N. Table 660×555 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaval, railway, aerospace industry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability of the heavy cast iron structure (2,500 kg) for precision drilling on large components. Spindle speed 40-570 rpm (low range) for maximum torque on large diameter tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate industrial 400V three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 80 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE-compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 6 and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 6 Morse taper is dimensioned for tools with a diameter of up to Ø 80 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is necessary (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical mating between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-locking during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and tapered reduction sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional keyless chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the physical effort of the operator on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M56 tapping require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The tapping device with automatic reversal allows for M56 tapping without the need for manual spindle stops: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tapping procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with tapping lubricant. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific tapping oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply does this machine require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 5.5 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² beyond 30 meters. Dedicated 25A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrades are necessary (typical cost €500-€1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-€500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696561819976,"sku":"01-1345XL","price":23126.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_80_industriale.png?v=1758017803"},{"product_id":"bernardo-gb-30tv-trapano-colonna-ingranaggi","title":"Bernardo GB 30 TV Gear-Driven Drill Press with Automatic Feeds – Drilling Ø 32 mm, Threading M20, Concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, 12 Speeds 125-3,030 rpm, Automatic Tool Ejector, 1.1 kW Three-Phase Motor, Weight 235 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GB 30 TV gear drill is a professional machine with hardened and ground gear transmission, spindle concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm for precision drilling. Drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 32 mm, threading up to M20 with right\/left reversal. Morse taper MT 3, precision chuck 1-13 mm with B16 shank. 12 spindle speeds 125-3,030 rpm with a 2-speed motor, 3 automatic spindle feeds (0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev), automatic tool ejection system included as standard, coolant pump integrated into the base with 14 mm T-slots. 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) 400V three-phase motor, weight approx. 235 kg, machine dimensions 500 × 750 × 1,620 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M20 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 speeds 125-3,030 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 × 335 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic tool ejection:\u003c\/strong\u003e included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 235 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GB 30 TV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GB 30 TV is a professional gear drill with hardened and ground gear transmission instead of the traditional belt transmission of standard drills. Key design feature: hardened and ground gears offer smooth and quiet transmission with spindle concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, a value typical of professional industrial machines (for comparison: belt drills typically have a concentricity of 0.05-0.1 mm). The GB 30 TV is sized for professional workshops with higher precision requirements: drilling capacity Ø 32 mm and threading up to M20. The 12 speed ranges with a 2-speed motor (125-3030 rpm) allow optimal adaptation to different materials: mild steels 800-1,500 rpm for Ø 10 mm, stainless steels 400-800 rpm, hard materials 200-400 rpm, aluminum and alloys 1,500-3,000 rpm. Three automatic spindle feeds (0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev) allow automated execution. Automatic tool ejection system included as standard: a crucial feature for productions with frequent tool changes. Typical areas of use: precision mechanical workshops requiring high concentricity drilling, technical schools and professional training laboratories, prototyping and one-off production workshops, workshops for machining tough materials that require gear transmission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for artisanal workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed-column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The GB 30 TV is the distinctive model in the Bernardo drill range: the only one with hardened and ground gear transmission instead of the belt transmission of the KBM and DMT models. Drilling capacity Ø 32 mm: comparable to the KBM 32 (industrial fixed-column range) but with superior concentricity (≤ 0.02 mm vs typical 0.05 mm) and precision features (automatic tool ejection, coolant integrated in the base). Weight 235 kg: significantly lighter than the KBM 32 (950 kg): the more compact structure is sized for workshops with limited space and non-daily intensive use. For daily intensive use, the KBM 32 with a more rigid structure is correctly sized; for precision use with frequent tool changes, the GB 30 TV is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable with a manual pallet truck or two people with care. HSS drill bits in MT cones, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the GB 30 TV is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision workshop with high concentricity drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened and ground gear transmission: concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. Automatic tool ejection system included as standard. 12 speed ranges (125-3,030 rpm) for optimal adaptation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping and one-off parts workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 automatic feeds (0.10\/0.20\/0.30 mm\/rev), integrated coolant pump, precision chuck 1-13 mm\/B16. Frequent tool changes managed by automatic ejection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with intensive daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous intensive daily use, the KBM 32 (more rigid structure 950 kg vs 235 kg) is correctly sized. The GB 30 TV is excellent for frequent precision use but not massive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase line; massive continuous use (for heavy series production, the KBM 32 is correctly sized); loads above Ø 32 mm drilling (KBM 40+ models required); environments without 400V three-phase power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle concentricity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 speeds 125-3,030 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 ranges 0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 × 335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 750 × 1,620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo GB 30 TV Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision chuck 1-13 mm with B16 shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper sleeves MT 3 \/ 2 and MT 3 \/ 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic tool ejection device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant pump integrated in the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of gear transmission over belts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuperior concentricity (≤ 0.02 mm vs 0.05-0.1 mm typical of belt transmissions), smooth and quiet transmission, longer life (hardened and ground gears last significantly longer than belts), no slippage under load (belts can slip under high torque).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisadvantages of gear transmission: higher cost (the machine costs 30-50% more than an equivalent belt drill), significantly higher weight (235 kg vs 60-150 kg for standard drills), more complex maintenance (gears require periodic lubrication). For precision use, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages; for occasional use, belt drills are economically preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic tool ejection system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator presses a button or actuates a lever to automatically eject the tool from the MT 3 taper of the spindle. The system replaces the traditional procedure that requires inserting a wedge into the spindle nose and hammering to eject the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain advantage: reduction of tool change time from 15-30 seconds (traditional procedure) to 2-5 seconds (automatic ejection). For productions with frequent tool changes (more than 30 changes\/shift), the difference is significant. A crucial feature for prototyping and one-off parts workshops where tool changes are frequent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 12 speed ranges practically useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The extended range of 125-3,030 rpm covers all standard materials: hard steels 200-400 rpm, alloy steels 400-800 rpm, mild steels 800-1,500 rpm, brass 1,500-2,000 rpm, aluminum 2,000-3,000 rpm. For each tool and material, there is an optimal speed that maximizes tool life and hole quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with multi-material use (various steels + aluminum + brass), the 12 ranges allow optimal adaptation for each process. For workshops specialized in a single material (e.g., only steel), the 4-6 speed range is sufficient. The GB 30 TV is sized for workshops with a variety of operations that justify the flexibility of the 12 speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the coolant pump integrated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is integrated into the machine base. The base has 14 mm T-slots and an integrated tank for the coolant: the pump activates the flow of coolant onto the tool during processing via an adjustable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant is essential for: drill bit life (heat reduction prevents decarburization of the cutting edge), hole quality (prevents work hardening of the material, especially for stainless steel and aluminum), chip evacuation (coolant flow removes chips from the work area). Emulsifiable oil in water (5-10% oil) is standard for most steels. For stainless steel, specific neat oil is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I thread M20 with the GB 30 TV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The machine has dedicated right\/left rotation for threading: the operator manually reverses the direction of rotation when the thread depth is reached. Maximum capacity M20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precision threading with rigid taps (HSS or high-speed steel), the GB 30 TV's concentricity of ≤ 0.02 mm is a crucial feature: threads made on less precise spindles may have uneven pitch or taper in the thread. For M22 and larger threads, KBM 32 (M22) or higher models with an integrated automatic reversing threading device are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696567783752,"sku":"01-1252","price":3904.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_GB_30_TV_Trapano_a_ingranaggi_professionale_con_avanzamenti_automatici.png?v=1757429474"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-bm-20t-230v","title":"Bench Drill Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 20 mm, taper MT 2, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, motor 0.55 kW 230V, weight 45 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the step-speed benchtop model in the BM range with a digital spindle travel display, a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm, and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical features: 16 spindle speeds from 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 285 × 285 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-to-table distance 440 mm, spindle-to-base distance 630 mm, weight 45 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 20 T \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, sized for craft workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key constructive feature: the digital spindle travel display shows the drilling depth during operation, a decisive feature for applications requiring non-through holes of a predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, holes for couplings). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 230V develops the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° tiltable table with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical areas of use: craft workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, technical school laboratories, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than the BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 20 T \/ 230 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous on the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 20 mm: the BM 20 T is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shanks, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 20 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° tilting table with T-slots. Ø 20 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is appropriately sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 20 mm; tall workpieces that cannot be placed on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on the model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is appropriately sized); massive continuous industrial use (a fixed pillar drill KBM is appropriately sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 taper and B16\/B18?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the spindle connection on the machine side, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), and drill bits with direct MT shanks (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for keyless chucks with a cylindrical grip. For chuck changes or mounting of special tools, it is necessary to observe coupling compatibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDecisive feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, seats for centering pins), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a stop collar mounted on the spindle, which allows for a standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic. V-belts require tension verification every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are appropriately sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, and careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, holes for precision bearings), gear drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230V voltage: civilian 230V Schuko line for domestic\/workshop use without a three-phase line, standard 16A circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a civilian line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less generated heat and significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For continuous intensive use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696586232136,"sku":"01-1116","price":622.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_BM_20_T_230_V_con_LED_e_display_digitale.jpg?v=1758015721"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bm-20t-trapano-da-banco-400v","title":"Bernardo BM 20 T Bench Pillar Drill \/ 400 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 20 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.55 kW 400V three-phase motor, weight 45 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V bench drill is the step-speed benchtop model in the BM range, featuring a digital spindle travel display and a three-phase motor, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds from 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 285 × 285 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless drill chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-to-table distance 440 mm, spindle-to-base distance 630 mm, weight 45 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 20 T \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, sized for artisanal workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for spindle travel shows the hole depth during execution, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing recesses, holes for mating parts). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, soft steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 400V three-phase develops the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° inclinable table with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical areas of use: artisanal workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 20 T \/ 400 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous of the Vario, does not have a centering laser, is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment needs. For drilling up to Ø 20 mm: BM 20 T is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless drill chucks, tapered shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 20 T \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° inclinable table with T-slots. Ø 20 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters greater than Ø 20 mm; tall workpieces that do not fit on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a KBM fixed pillar drill is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless drill chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapered shank MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 and B16\/B18 tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless drill chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), direct MT shank drill bits (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for keyless drill chucks with cylindrical grip. For changing chucks or mounting special tools, compatibility of coupling must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece in real time, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during execution to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, recesses for centering pins), serial production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., holes for H7 fits with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a depth stop ring mounted on the spindle, which provides standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt transmission require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic. V-belts require tension verification every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor mounting bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 fits, precision bearing holes), gear-driven drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase voltage: 400V three-phase line with dedicated 10A miniature circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a domestic line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less heat generated and a significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696591737160,"sku":"01-1117","price":622.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BM_20_T_Trapano_da_banco_con_display_digitale_e_lampada_LED.jpg?v=1757428494"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapano-banco-bm25t-230v","title":"Bench drill Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 25 mm, taper MT 2, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, motor 0.75 kW 230V, weight 57 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the larger bench model in the BM range with a 305×305 table and a Ø 25 mm capacity, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley drive, integrated digital spindle stroke display, LED work light, 305 × 305 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with rack and pinion, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle stroke 80 mm, max spindle-table distance 415 mm, spindle-base distance 605 mm, weight 57 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse Taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 × 305 mm with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 25 T \/ 230 V and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley drive, sized for artisanal workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories that require precision drilling on steel up to Ø 25 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for the spindle stroke shows the drilling depth during operation, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, holes for couplings). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.75 kW S1 \/ 1.1 kW S6) at 230V provides the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° tiltable table with diagonal T-slots allows for angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical fields of use: artisanal workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with higher height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 25 T \/ 230 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and digital display for the spindle stroke. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital stroke display, a superior S1 motor, and a B18 chuck (vs B16 for TB). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous for the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 25 mm: the BM 25 T is correctly sized with a 0.75 kW motor and 305×305 mm table superior to the BM 20 T.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, conical shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 25 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle stroke display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° tiltable table with T-slots. Ø 25 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment requirements, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 25 mm; tall workpieces that cannot be placed on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a fixed column drill KBM is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 630 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18 keyless chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ B 18 tapered arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT-nut set for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 taper and B16\/B18?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 2 Morse taper (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the receptacle for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows for mounting chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced tapered sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), and drill bits with direct MT shanks (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for cylindrical-grip keyless chucks. For changing chucks or mounting special tools, compatibility requirements must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle stroke display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, centering pin recesses), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a stop collar mounted on the spindle, which provides a standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic maintenance. V-belts require tension checks every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the drive cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, and careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, precision bearing holes), gear-driven drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230V voltage: 230V Schuko household\/workshop line without three-phase line, standard 16A circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a household line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less heat generated and significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696598913352,"sku":"01-1119","price":669.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_BM_25_T_con_display_digitale_e_luce_LED.jpg?v=1757346585"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bm-25t-trapano-da-banco-400v","title":"Bernardo Bench Drill BM 25 T \/ 400 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 25 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.75 kW 400V three-phase motor, R\/L rotation, weight 57 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V bench drill is the larger benchtop model in the BM range, featuring a three-phase motor and right\/left rotation for threading, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt drive and cast iron pulleys, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 305 × 305 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height adjustable with rack and pinion, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-table distance 415 mm, spindle-base distance 605 mm, weight 57 kg. Right\/left spindle rotation for threading. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 × 305 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight\/left rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e For threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 25 T \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V is a professional bench drill with belt drive and cast iron pulleys, sized for artisan workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 25 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for spindle travel shows the drilling depth during operation, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, coupling holes). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.75 kW S1 \/ 1.1 kW S6) at 400V three-phase provides the necessary power for continuous use. The inclinable table ±45° with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. The right\/left rotation allows threading with a tap (up to M16 in steel) without the need for manual spindle stop: the operator reverses the direction upon reaching the depth. Typical sectors of use: artisan workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 25 T \/ 400 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, and a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous on the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is more economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 25 mm: the BM 25 T is correctly sized with a 0.75 kW motor and 305×305 mm table superior to the BM 20 T.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper arbors, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 25 T \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, inclinable ±45° table with T-slots. Ø 25 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent M threading operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation for threading with a tap without manual spindle stop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional but compact machine for home workshops, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 25 mm; tall workpieces that do not fit on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on the model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a KBM fixed pillar drill is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 630 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left spindle rotation function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of keys and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 and B16\/B18 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), direct MT shank drill bits (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for cylindrical grip keyless chucks. For changing the chuck or mounting special tools, coupling compatibility must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, centering pin slots), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a depth stop ring mounted on the spindle, which allows standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodically. V-belts require tension checks every 200-500 hours of operation (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower (more precise) values require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, precision bearing holes), gear drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase voltage: 400V three-phase line with a dedicated 10A miniature circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a domestic line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less generated heat and a significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696603566408,"sku":"01-1120","price":669.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BM_25_T_Trapano_da_banco_con_rotazione_destra_sinistra_e_display_digitale.jpg?v=1757427698"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-b-430-vario-400v","title":"Bernardo B 430 Vario Pillar Drill with 360° table – drilling Ø 25 mm, MT 3 taper, continuous speed 280-2,600 rpm, chuck 3-16\/B16, spindle-base distance 1,250 mm, motor 0.75 kW 400V, weight 100 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo B 430 Vario \/ 400 V pillar drill is a medium-heavy duty machine for professional workshops, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and continuously adjustable spindle speed from 280 to 2,600 rpm. Technical specifications: MT 3 Morse taper, 3-16 mm keyless chuck with B16 shank, cast iron structure with Ø 80 mm polished steel column for stability, 345 × 345 mm cast iron table with cooling grooves, 360° swivel around the column and height adjustable with rack and pinion, robust base with T-slots for clamping large workpieces, drilling depth scale, separate emergency stop switch. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, max spindle-to-table distance 790 mm, spindle-to-base distance 1,250 mm, weight 100 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous 280-2,600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 345 × 345 mm with 16 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 790 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the B 430 Vario \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo B 430 Vario \/ 400 V is a medium-heavy duty pillar drill with precision characteristics superior to SBM and BM models. Key design feature: the cast iron structure with a Ø 80 mm polished steel column offers superior rigidity to SBM drills (Ø 72 mm), allowing precision drilling on heavy workpieces without vibrations. The 345 × 345 mm cast iron table with cooling grooves can swivel 360° around the column: this flexibility allows optimal workpiece positioning for machining, a feature absent in BM\/SBM models with only ±45° tilting tables. Continuously adjustable speed from 280 to 2,600 rpm: suitable range for mild steels (1,000-2,000 rpm) and hard materials at low speed (280-500 rpm) that require maximum torque. The MT 3 taper supports tools up to Ø 25 mm, 3-16 mm keyless chuck with B16 shank. Spindle-to-base distance 1,250 mm and spindle-to-table distance 790 mm: the B 430 Vario is sized for professional workshops with industrial parts of significant height. Typical areas of use: professional mechanical workshops, metal fabricators for welded structures, heavy prototype workshops, professional technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy duty pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The B 430 Vario is the distinctive model of the medium-heavy duty pillar range: 360° swiveling table around the column (a feature absent in SBM models with only ±45° tilting tables), Ø 80 mm column (vs 72 mm of SBM), Ø 25 mm capacity with MT 3 taper (vs Ø 16-20 mm with MT 2 of SBM). For professional workshops requiring flexible workpiece positioning and Ø 25 mm capacity, the B 430 is the correct choice. For higher capacities (Ø 32 mm), the SB 30 Profi with a 2-stage motor and heavier structure is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Manageable weight with standard manual pallet truck or two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shanks, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the B 430 Vario \/ 400 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop with swiveling table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e345×345 mm cast iron table swiveling 360° around the column: a feature absent in SBM\/BM models. Allows optimal workpiece positioning for any angle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication for medium welded structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm capacity with MT 3 taper, 100 kg weight, spindle-to-base distance 1,250 mm for tall workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial workshops with frequent drilling of heavy workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive continuous use, the SB 30 Profi (245 kg, 2-stage motor) is correctly sized with superior stability. The B 430 is the correct choice for intermittent professional use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 25 mm (SB 30 Profi required); intensive continuous industrial use with intensive drilling cycles; workshops without a 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280-2,600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e345 × 345 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwiveling table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° around the column\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 720 × 1,710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo B 430 Vario \/ 400 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-16 mm \/ B 16 keyless chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 3 \/ B 16 taper arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the 360° swiveling table work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 345 × 345 mm cast iron table can rotate 360° around the vertical column thanks to a rotary joint at the base of the table. The operator loosens a locking lever, rotates the table to the desired position, and tightens the lever. Typical time: 5-15 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crucial feature for: angled drilling on cylindrical workpieces (e.g., radial holes on tubes and bars), radial holes on flanges and discs, prototyping operations with non-standard angles (e.g., 30°, 60°, 120° holes), applications requiring access to the workpiece from different angles without re-mounting. For workshops with a variety of operations, the swiveling table significantly increases flexibility of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 3 and MT 2 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 Morse taper is sized for tools with diameters Ø 16-25 mm (drilling, reaming, M threading); the MT 2 taper is for tools Ø 8-16 mm. The B 430 Vario has an MT 3 taper (vs MT 2 of BM\/SBM models): it supports larger diameter tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with Ø 16-25 mm tools, the B 430 Vario is the correct choice. For workshops with Ø 8-16 mm tools, BM\/SBM models with MT 2 are economically preferable. Reduced taper sleeves (MT 3 → MT 2) allow the use of smaller tools on the B 430 Vario, but with loss of rigidity. HSS drill bits with MT 3 taper are significantly more expensive than MT 2 bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 1,250 mm spindle-to-base distance really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for tall workpieces. The 1,250 mm spindle-to-base distance allows positioning of workpieces up to 1,250 mm high on the base, with the table moved to the working position: a crucial feature for drilling on tall welded structures, bulky frames, long cylindrical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard workpieces (height under 790 mm), the table is used in the standard position, with a max spindle-to-table distance of 790 mm. For taller workpieces, the table is moved aside or removed, and the workpiece is placed directly on the cast iron base with T-slots. The base with T-slots allows clamping with standardized T-nuts for stability during drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the IP 54 motor mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIP 54 is a motor protection standard: 5 indicates protection against dust (limited penetration, no damage), 4 indicates protection against water splashes from any direction. The IP 54 motor is sized for workshops with machining dust and occasional coolant splashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with high dust levels (woodworking, metalworking with dusty chips) or frequent coolant splashes, IP 54 protection is a crucial feature for motor longevity. For environments with constant exposure to water or corrosive liquids, IP 65+ motors are required (total protection against dust + protection against water jets). The B 430 Vario is sized for standard workshop use with IP 54 compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eFor which higher capacities is it necessary to switch to the SB 30 Profi?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor capacities Ø 25-32 mm, the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized with a 2-stage motor (0.55\/0.85 kW vs 0.75 kW of the B 430), 120 mm spindle stroke (vs 80 mm), weight 245 kg (vs 100 kg). For continuous heavy industrial applications, the SB is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEconomic comparison: the SB 30 Profi costs significantly more than the B 430 Vario, but the difference is justified for workshops with daily use of heavy drilling. For intermittent use of Ø 25 mm, the B 430 Vario is economically preferable. For daily use of Ø 25 mm or drilling Ø 25-32 mm, the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696615362888,"sku":"01-1100","price":969.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Bernardo_B_430_Vario_400_V_compatto_e_solido.jpg?v=1758014243"},{"product_id":"trapani-colonna-bernardo-bm-16-vario-230v","title":"Bernardo Bench Drill BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V with Vario speed and laser – drilling Ø 16 mm, MT 2 taper, continuous speed 400-1,950 rpm, digital speed+stroke display, 0.55 kW 230V motor, weight 46 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V bench drill is the Vario bench model with continuously adjustable speed and a laser centering device, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 16 mm and continuously adjustable spindle speed from 400-1,950 rpm. Technical features: MT 2 Morse taper connection, integrated digital speed and spindle travel display, cross-laser device for hole centering, 285 × 285 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots inclinable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with polished T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless drill chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle travel 80 mm, weight 46 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous 400-1,950 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e speed + spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-laser device:\u003c\/strong\u003e for hole centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V is a professional bench drill with continuously adjustable spindle speed (Vario system), designed for craft workshops that require optimal speed adaptation to the material during processing. Key design feature: the continuous speed adjustment from 400-1,950 rpm allows precise setting of the optimal speed for each tool and material, unlike step versions which require jumping between predefined speeds. For applications with variable diameter tools (e.g., multiple holes of different diameters on the same workpiece), the Vario system avoids changing belt positions on pulleys: the operator adjusts the speed with a knob without stopping the machine. The integrated digital display shows the set speed and spindle travel in real-time: a crucial feature for production with frequent parameter changes. The cross-laser device projects a cross onto the workpiece for quick hole centering: it reduces workpiece positioning time from 30-60 seconds (manual centering with a punch) to 5-10 seconds (laser alignment). Typical areas of use: prototyping workshops, precision laboratories, repair shops with variable drilling cycles, advanced metal hobbyists requiring higher-than-standard precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 taper or MT 2 and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + laser centering; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swivel table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V is the BM model with continuously adjustable speed (Vario system) + cross-laser device for hole centering. Compared to the corresponding BM T: the BM Vario has continuous speed adjustment (vs step), laser centering, digital speed and travel display (vs only travel on the BM T). For workshops needing frequent speed adaptation to material or precision work, the Vario is the correct choice; for standard use without frequent adjustment needs, the BM T is economically preferable. For greater heights (workpieces up to 690 mm high), the SBM Vario models, with the same Vario feature but a pillar structure, are correctly dimensioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless drill chucks, taper shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping workshop with frequent speed changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuously adjustable speed 400-1,950 rpm without belt change, digital speed + travel display, laser centering for reduced positioning time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision laboratory with multi-material drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptimal speed adaptation for steel (1,000-1,500 rpm), aluminum (1,500-2,000), stainless steel (400-800), brass (1,500-2,000) without stopping the machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with standard use without frequent adjustment needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor standard use, the corresponding BM T is economically preferable (significant savings compared to the Vario version, step speed functionality is sufficient).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling holes with a diameter greater than Ø 16 mm; workpieces taller than 440 mm (SBM Vario or B 430 Vario models needed); workshops without the need for laser precision and continuous adjustment (the BM T is economically preferable).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400-1,950 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 230 V drill press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless drill chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: speed + spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross-laser device for centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does continuous speed adjustment work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment uses variable diameter pulleys (Reeves system) or an electronic variator to change the spindle rotation speed without stopping the machine. The operator turns a knob to set the desired speed from 400 to 1,950 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario system is functionally superior to the step system (belts with manual position change) for: rapid speed changes during processing (e.g., multiple holes of different diameters on the same workpiece), optimal material adaptation (the optimal speed for a material can be intermediate to the available steps), series production with frequent changes (reduced setup time). The integrated digital speed display shows the set speed in rpm in real-time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the cross-laser device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo line lasers (red) project a cross onto the workpiece, indicating the hole position. The operator aligns the hole marking with the laser cross and clamps the workpiece: the hole position precisely corresponds to the cross.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain advantage: reduction of workpiece centering time from 30-60 seconds (traditional manual centering: punch + hammer + verification with compass) to 5-10 seconds (laser alignment). For series production with repeated drilling, the time saving is significant. Laser precision is typically ±0.2 mm: sufficient for standard drilling. For higher precision, traditional mechanical centering systems are still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the BM Vario for threading?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the standard BM Vario does not have dedicated right\/left rotation for threading. For threading with taps, the BM 25 T 400V with R\/L rotation or the SBM 20 Vario 400V are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading with a tap requires counter-clockwise spindle rotation to eject the tap from the hole: without R\/L rotation, the operator must stop the machine, manually rotate the spindle in reverse, and restart the machine. This is a slow procedure prone to errors (tap breakage if not correctly performed). For occasional threading, hand taps can be used (they only require guidance from a stationary spindle): less precise but sufficient for occasional applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the BM Vario spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM Vario drills, the spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications, slightly better than BM T thanks to higher quality bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ball bearings of the BM Vario are professional quality (SKF\/FAG\/NSK industrial standard category): concentricity remains stable for years of normal use. For higher precision applications (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), geared drills (GB 30 TV) with hardened and ground transmission are required. For standard applications, the BM Vario is correctly dimensioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 6 digital digits useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated digital display shows 2 values in real-time: spindle speed in rpm (4 digits, range 0400-1950) and spindle travel in mm (3 digits + decimal 00.0-80.0). The operator monitors both parameters during processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor series production, the digital display allows: verification of the set speed without consulting tables, monitoring depth during non-through holes, precise recording of processing parameters for repeatability on subsequent workpieces. Without a digital display, the operator must consult speed tables and use depth stops: significantly less efficient procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696621490504,"sku":"01-1124","price":666.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BM_16_Vario_Trapano_da_banco_compatto_con_display_digitale.jpg?v=1757345483"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-bm-16-vario-400v","title":"Bench Drilling Machine Bernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V with Vario Speed and Laser – drilling Ø 16 mm, MT 2 taper, stepless speed 400-1.950 rpm, digital speed+stroke display, 0.55 kW 400V three-phase motor, weight 46 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V bench drill is the Vario bench model with a three-phase motor, continuous speed, and laser device, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 16 mm and continuously adjustable spindle speed from 400-1,950 rpm. Technical features: Morse taper MT 2, integrated digital display for speed and spindle stroke, cross-laser device for hole centering, cast iron table 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots inclinable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with polished T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, spindle stroke 80 mm, weight 46 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous 400-1,950 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e speed + spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-laser device:\u003c\/strong\u003e for hole centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V is a professional bench drill with continuously adjustable spindle speed (Vario system), sized for craft workshops that require optimal speed adaptation to the material during processing. Key design feature: the continuous speed adjustment from 400-1,950 rpm allows precise setting of the optimal speed for each tool and material, unlike step versions that force jumps between predefined speeds. For applications with variable diameter tools (e.g., multiple drillings of different diameters on the same piece) the Vario system avoids changing belt positions on the pulleys: the operator adjusts the speed via a knob without stopping the machine. The integrated digital display shows the set speed and spindle stroke in real-time: a crucial feature for productions with frequent parameter changes. The cross-laser device projects a cross onto the workpiece for quick hole centering: it reduces workpiece positioning time from 30-60 seconds (manual centering with a punch) to 5-10 seconds (laser alignment). Typical areas of use: prototyping workshops, precision laboratories, repair shops with variable drilling cycles, advanced metal hobbyists with higher than standard precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 taper or MT 2 and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with higher height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V is the BM model with continuously adjustable speed (Vario system) + cross-laser device for hole centering. Compared to the corresponding BM T: the BM Vario has continuous speed adjustment (vs step), centering laser, digital speed and stroke display (vs only stroke for BM T). For workshops with frequent speed adaptation requirements to the material or precision machining, the Vario is the correct choice; for standard use without frequent adjustment requirements, the BM T is economically preferable. For higher heights (workpieces up to 690 mm high), the SBM Vario models are correctly sized with the same Vario feature but a pillar structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days in the South). Manageable weight by one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping workshop with frequent speed changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuously adjustable speed 400-1,950 rpm without belt change, digital speed + stroke display, centering laser to reduce positioning time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision laboratory with multi-material drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptimal speed adaptation for steel (1,000-1,500 rpm), aluminum (1,500-2,000), stainless steel (400-800), brass (1,500-2,000) without stopping the machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with standard use without frequent adjustment requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor standard use, the corresponding BM T is economically preferable (significant savings compared to the Vario version, step speed functionality sufficient).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling holes with diameter greater than Ø 16 mm; workpieces taller than 440 mm (SBM Vario or B 430 Vario models required); workshops without precision requirements for laser and continuous adjustment (BM T is economically preferable).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400-1,950 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 16 Vario \/ 400 V drill press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: speed + spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross-laser device for centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does continuous speed adjustment work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment uses variable diameter pulleys (Reeves system) or an electronic variator to change the spindle rotation speed without stopping the machine. The operator turns a knob to set the desired speed from 400 to 1,950 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario system is functionally superior to the step system (belts with manual position change) for: rapid speed changes during machining (e.g., multiple drillings of different diameters on the same workpiece), optimal material adaptation (the optimal speed for a material may be intermediate to the available steps), series production with frequent changes (reduced setup time). The integrated digital speed display shows the set speed in rpm in real-time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the cross-laser device work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo line lasers (red) project a cross onto the workpiece, indicating the hole position. The operator aligns the hole marking with the laser cross and clamps the workpiece: the hole position precisely matches the cross.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain advantage: reduction of workpiece centering time from 30-60 seconds (traditional manual centering: punch + hammer + caliper verification) to 5-10 seconds (laser alignment). For series production with repeated drilling, the time saving is significant. The laser precision is typically ±0.2 mm: sufficient for standard drilling. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), geared drills (GB 30 TV) with hardened and ground transmission are still necessary. For standard applications, the BM Vario is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the BM Vario for threading?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the standard BM Vario does not have dedicated right\/left rotation for threading. For threading with a tap, the BM 25 T 400V with R\/L rotation or the SBM 20 Vario 400V are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading with a tap requires counter-clockwise spindle rotation to eject the tap from the hole: without R\/L rotation, the operator must stop the machine, manually rotate the spindle in reverse, and restart the machine. This procedure is slow and prone to errors (tap breakage if not performed correctly). For occasional threading, hand taps can be used (they only require guiding the stationary spindle): less precise but sufficient for occasional applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the BM Vario chuck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM Vario drills, the chuck concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications, slightly better than BM T due to higher quality bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ball bearings of the BM Vario are of professional quality (SKF\/FAG\/NSK industrial standard category): concentricity remains stable for years of normal use. For higher precision applications (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), geared drills (GB 30 TV) with hardened and ground transmission are required. For standard applications, the BM Vario is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 6 digital digits useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The integrated digital display shows 2 values in real-time: spindle speed in rpm (4 digits, range 0400-1950) and spindle stroke in mm (3 digits + decimal 00.0-80.0). The operator monitors both parameters during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor series production, the digital display allows: verification of the set speed without consulting tables, monitoring depth during blind hole drilling, precise recording of machining parameters for repeatability on subsequent parts. Without a digital display, the operator must consult speed tables and use depth stops for depth: significantly less efficient procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696626962760,"sku":"01-1125","price":678.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Bernardo_BM_16_Vario_400_V_compatto_e_digitale.jpg?v=1758013403"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-sb-30-profi","title":"Bernardo Pillar Drill SB 30 Profi with 2-speed motor – drilling Ø 32 mm, MT 3 taper, continuous speed 105-1,725 rpm, R\/L rotation, spindle stroke 120 mm, motor 0.55\/0.85 kW 400V, weight 245 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 30 Profi pillar drill is a heavy-duty professional machine for industrial workshops, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 32 mm and a 2-stage power motor for variable torque. Technical specifications: MT 3 Morse taper spindle, 1-13 mm chuck with B16 shank, continuously adjustable spindle speed from 105 to 1,725 rpm, highly stable grey cast iron structure (weight 245 kg), Ø 100 mm column for rigidity, 400 × 320 mm cast iron table with 14 mm T-slots, height-adjustable with rack, base with T-slots for clamping bulky workpieces, left\/right spindle rotation for tapping, integrated digital speed display, LED work lamp. 2-stage motor: 0.55 \/ 0.85 kW (S1) - 0.80 \/ 1.2 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, max spindle-to-table distance 690 mm, spindle-to-base distance 1,180 mm, spindle stroke 120 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous 105-1,725 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 × 320 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 690 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight\/left rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e for tapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55\/0.85 kW (S1) \/ 0.80\/1.2 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SB 30 Profi and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 30 Profi is a heavy-duty pillar drill for professional industrial workshops, with stability and power characteristics significantly superior to the BM\/SBM\/B 430 models. Key constructive feature: the 2-stage power motor (0.55 \/ 0.85 kW S1) allows for speed selection with variable torque: low stage 105-300 rpm with maximum torque for Ø 20-32 mm tools on heavy steels, high stage 600-1,725 rpm for Ø 8-16 mm tools on standard steels. Highly stable grey cast iron structure with a weight of 245 kg: significantly superior to SBM (57-68 kg) and B 430 (100 kg) models for stability in heavy drilling. Ø 100 mm column: the most rigid in the Bernardo medium bench\/pillar drill range. Drilling capacity Ø 32 mm with MT 3 taper, spindle stroke 120 mm (vs 80 mm for BM\/SBM models): allows long drilling operations in a single spindle descent, avoiding multiple passes on deep holes. Right\/left spindle rotation for tapping M up to the machine's capacity. Typical application sectors: mechanical industry with heavy part production, metal carpentry for industrial structures, workshops for processing alloy steels and tough materials, industrial part prototyping workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The SB 30 Profi is the heavy model in the medium column range: Ø 32 mm capacity with MT 3 taper, 2-stage power motor, weight 245 kg (vs 100 kg for the B 430 and 57-68 kg for the SBMs). For professional industrial workshops with heavy drilling requirements on industrial parts, it is the correct choice. For higher capacities, the industrial fixed column KBM models (KBM 25\/32\/40+) with fixed table and greater positioning precision are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to significant weight, a pallet truck or crane is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shanks, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the SB 30 Profi for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial workshops with heavy drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm capacity with 2-stage motor (0.55\/0.85 kW S1), 120 mm spindle stroke for deep holes, 245 kg cast iron structure for stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent M threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation for tapping, significant tapping capacity with MT 3 taper.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with standard use below Ø 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOversized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor standard use below Ø 25 mm, the B 430 Vario is economically preferable (weight 100 kg vs 245 kg, significantly lower price).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters greater than Ø 32 mm (KBM fixed column models required); environments without space for industrial-sized machines (weight 245 kg, dimensions 470 × 810 × 1,710 mm); occasional hobby use (oversized, consider TB or BM).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105-1,725 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 × 340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55\/0.85 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80\/1.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 × 810 × 1,710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo SB 30 Profi drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper shank MT 3 \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle left\/right rotation function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the 2-stage power motor work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor has 2 internal electrical windings: low stage (0.55 kW S1, 0.80 kW S6) for maximum torque at low speeds (105-300 rpm) for Ø 25-32 mm tools on heavy steels; high stage (0.85 kW S1, 1.2 kW S6) for higher speeds (600-1,725 rpm) with reduced torque for Ø 8-16 mm tools on standard steels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator selects the stage via a dedicated switch depending on the material and tool. This is a crucial feature for: heavy applications requiring high torque on large tools (the high stage would be insufficient for Ø 32 mm on steel), light applications requiring high speeds (the low stage would be slow for Ø 8 mm on mild steel). Standard single-stage drills require a compromise between torque and speed: the SB 30 Profi eliminates this compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 120 mm spindle stroke significant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for deep holes. The 120 mm spindle stroke allows long drilling operations in a single spindle descent (vs 80 mm for BM\/SBM models): for deep holes 80-120 mm, multiple passes with spindle repositioning are not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a crucial feature for: through holes on thick parts 80-120 mm (structural steel, metal blocks, welded carpentry parts), holes for standard length pins, holes for long M threads (e.g., M16 × 100 mm). Without sufficient spindle stroke, the operator must perform drilling in multiple passes: stop the machine, return the spindle to the top, reposition the workpiece or extract the tool for chips, restart. This procedure is slow and carries a risk of misalignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 245 kg structure really more stable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, significantly. The weight of 245 kg vs 100 kg for the B 430 and 57-68 kg for the SBMs offers superior mass stability: during drilling, spindle vibrations are absorbed by the machine's mass instead of propagating to the workpiece or operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor heavy industrial applications, stability is a crucial feature for: hole quality (vibrations cause non-round holes and degraded tolerances), tool life (vibrations cause alternating stresses on the cutting edge, reducing useful life), operator comfort (vibrations propagate to the control levers). For heavy series production, the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the digital speed display accurate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a typical resolution of 1 rpm. The display shows the actual spindle rotation speed measured by an inductive sensor: in case of heavy load, the actual speed may be slightly lower than the set speed (load-induced slowdown effect).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a crucial feature for: series production with verification of machining speed, precision applications requiring specific speed to optimize hole quality, operator training (the display shows in real-time how speed varies according to load). Without a digital display, the operator estimates the speed based on the control's position: an approximate estimate with a typical error margin of ±10%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes R\/L rotation allow standard threading?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The right\/left spindle rotation allows M threading using a tap: clockwise rotation cuts the thread (advancing the tap into the material), counter-clockwise rotation ejects the tap from the hole (returning to the initial position).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precision threading, the SB 30 Profi with R\/L rotation is the correct choice: significant threading capacity with MT 3 taper, 2-stage motor for variable torque on threads of different diameters. Specific oil for steel threading (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life. For frequent M16-M20 threads, the SB 30 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696640921928,"sku":"01-1170XL","price":2986.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Bernardo_SB_30_Profi_con_display_digitale.png?v=1758012503"},{"product_id":"trapani-da-banco-tb-14-t","title":"Bernardo TB 14 T entry-level bench drill – drilling Ø 14 mm, Fixed taper B 16, 5 speeds 620-2,620 rpm, 0.37 kW 230V motor, weight 26 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 14 T bench drill is the most compact entry-level model in the TB range with a fixed B16 taper, offering a drilling capacity in steel of up to Ø 14 mm. Technical features: fixed Morse taper B 16, self-centering chuck 1-13 mm \/ B 16, 5 spindle speeds 620-2,620 rpm with belt drive, 185 × 185 mm cast iron table with 14 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height adjustable with a rack, treated base with T-slots for clamping large workpieces, Ø 58 mm column. IP 54 compliant aluminium motor: 0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.55 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle stroke 65 mm, weight 26 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse Taper Connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 speeds 620-2,620 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185 × 185 mm with 14 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 395 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.55 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TB 14 T and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 14 T is a compact bench drill from the TB range (professional entry-level), sized for craft workshops, advanced hobbyists, and small laboratories requiring precision drilling in steel up to Ø 14 mm. Key construction feature: the TB model is a simplified version of the BM range, with a significantly lower price while maintaining Bernardo's construction quality. Differences compared to the BM 16: fixed B16 taper (instead of MT 2 + adapter), 5 step speeds (instead of 12-16), no digital display, more compact structure (300 × 510 × 690 mm vs 400 × 590 × 980 mm). The 5 step speeds of 620-2,620 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials. The IP 54 compliant aluminium motor (0.37 kW S1 \/ 0.55 kW S6) at 230V develops the necessary power for normal daily use. The 185 × 185 mm cast iron table, inclinable ±45° with T-slots, allows for angled drilling. Typical areas of use: metal hobbyists with standard precision needs, craft workshops with occasional use, model makers for constructing small frames and mechanisms, basic educational laboratories for technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organised into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with a higher height than the BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy duty pillar drill with 360° swivelling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy duty pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The TB 14 T is the entry-level model in the Bernardo bench drill range. Distinctive features: fixed B16 spindle taper (no MT), 5 step speeds, 26 kg weight, compact structure. For occasional use without higher precision requirements, it is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price. For digital display or higher speed requirements, the TB 16 T or BM 20 T are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by one or two people with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, self-centering chucks, tapered shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TB 14 T for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal hobbyist with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine at an affordable price, standard Bernardo structure, sufficient capacity for hobby applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop for non-daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 14 mm capacity covers most occasional applications. 26 kg weight manageable in a compact workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with digital display or higher precision needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a digital spindle stroke display, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The TB is economical but without advanced features.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters greater than Ø 14 mm; daily professional use with higher precision requirements (BM\/SBM\/B 430 are correctly sized); applications requiring digital display or continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse Taper Connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 speeds 620-2,620 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 × 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e395 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 × 155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 × 510 × 690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TB 14 T drill press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck 1-13 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB and corresponding BM?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB is the entry-level version: fixed B16 taper, 5 step speeds, no digital display, 26 kg weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional hobbyist use or craft workshops without higher precision needs, the TB is economically preferable. For daily professional use with digital spindle stroke display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The basic construction quality (cast iron frame, bearings, IP 54 motor) is the same for both lines: the TB only omits advanced features (display, laser, ergonomics).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the nominal drilling capacity realistic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for soft and standard steels. The Ø 14 mm capacity is sized for structural steels (S235, S275, S355) and soft engineering steels (C45, 11SMnPb30): for these materials, the machine can perform drilling at the nominal diameter with adequate quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hard alloy steels (42CrMo4, 39NiCrMo3), the effective capacity is reduced by 20-30%: for the TB 14, the actual capacity on hard steels is Ø 9 mm. For stainless steels (304, 316), the rotational speed must be reduced to 60-70% of the standard value to prevent material hardening and tool edge degradation. For applications with tough materials, the BM\/SBM models with higher S1 motors are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the step speeds sufficient for standard use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 5 step speeds of 620-2,620 rpm cover standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm, soft steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminium and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. For each tool and material, there is an adequate step speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed change: open the transmission cover, move the belt to different pulleys, close the cover. Typical time: 30-60 seconds. For workshops with frequent speed changes (more than 5 changes\/hour), the Vario system is preferable for time reduction. For workshops primarily using a standard material, the step speeds are completely adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I tap with the TB?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the TB 14 T does not have R\/L rotation. For precision tapping using a mechanical tap, the BM 25 T 400V or SB 30 Profi are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTapping with a hand tap (no machine rotation): the operator mounts the tap in the chuck, aligns it with the hole, and manually rotates it with a tapping wrench. This procedure is suitable for occasional tapping on soft steels, M under M10. For precision tapping, M above M10, or frequent tapping, mechanical R\/L rotation is a determining characteristic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the TB truly professional or just for hobbyists?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional entry-level. The TB is manufactured according to the same construction standards as the Bernardo BM\/SBM range (cast iron frame, IP 54 motor, quality bearings) but with simplified features to reduce the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor craft workshops with standard daily use, the TB is completely adequate: the hole quality and machine durability are comparable to the corresponding BM. The differences (no digital display, basic ergonomics, step speeds) impact work efficiency but not the technical quality of drilling. For advanced hobbyist use, the TB is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price. For intensive professional use with efficiency requirements, the BM Vario or SBM Vario are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696673493320,"sku":"01-1026","price":295.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_TB_14_T_Trapano_da_banco_compatto_per_forature_precise.jpg?v=1756997829"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-tb-16t-230v","title":"Bernardo TB 16 T \/ 230 V Entry Level Bench Drill – drilling Ø 16 mm, MT 2 taper, 12 speeds 300-2,550 rpm, 0.55 kW 230V motor, weight 36 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 16 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the entry-level model in the TB range with a drilling capacity of Ø 16 mm and MT 2 taper, capable of drilling in steel up to Ø 16 mm. Technical specifications: MT 2 Morse taper spindle, 1-16 mm \/ B 16 keyless chuck, 12 spindle speeds 300-2,550 rpm with belt drive, 245 × 245 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with rack and pinion, base treated with T-slots for clamping large workpieces, Ø 58 mm column. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle stroke 65 mm, weight 36 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 speeds 300-2,550 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 × 245 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. spindle to table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle to base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 58 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TB 16 T \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 16 T \/ 230 V is a compact bench drill from the TB range (professional entry-level), sized for craft workshops, advanced hobbyists, and small laboratories needing precision drilling in steel up to Ø 16 mm. Key design feature: the TB model is the simplified version of the BM range, with a significantly lower price while maintaining Bernardo's build quality. Differences compared to the corresponding BM: no digital display, standard belt drive without additional components, simplified ergonomics. The 12 step speeds of 300-2,550 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 230V provides the necessary power for normal daily use. The 245 × 245 mm cast iron table, inclinable ±45° with T-slots, allows for angled drilling. Typical areas of use: metal hobbyists with standard precision needs, craft workshops with occasional use, model makers for building small frames and mechanisms, basic educational laboratories for technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The TB 16 T \/ 230 V is the entry-level model in the Bernardo bench drill range. Features: standard MT 2 taper, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B16, step speeds. For daily use without the need for a digital display, the TB is economically preferable to the corresponding BM. For digital spindle stroke display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the TB 16 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal hobbyist with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine at an affordable price, standard Bernardo construction, sufficient capacity for hobby applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop for non-daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm capacity covers most occasional applications. 36 kg weight manageable in a compact workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with digital display or higher precision needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor digital spindle stroke display, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The TB is economical but without advanced features.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 16 mm; daily professional use with higher precision requirements (BM\/SBM\/B 430 are correctly sized); applications requiring digital display or continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 speeds 300-2,550 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 × 245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle to table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e445 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 × 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 570 × 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TB 16 T \/ 230 V Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 16 keyless chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ B 16 taper arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB and the corresponding BM?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB is the entry-level version: no digital display, simplified ergonomics, significantly lower price than the corresponding BM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional hobby use or craft workshops without higher precision needs, the TB is economically preferable. For daily professional use with digital spindle stroke display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The basic construction quality (cast iron frame, bearings, IP 54 motor) is the same for both lines: the TB only eliminates advanced features (display, laser, ergonomics).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the nominal drilling capacity realistic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for soft and standard steels. The Ø 16 mm capacity is sized for structural steels (S235, S275, S355) and soft engineering steels (C45, 11SMnPb30): for these materials, the machine can perform drilling at the nominal diameter with adequate quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hard alloy steels (42CrMo4, 39NiCrMo3), the effective capacity is reduced by 20-30%: for the TB 16, the actual capacity on hard steels is Ø 11 mm. For stainless steels (304, 316), the rotational speed must be reduced to 60-70% of the standard value to avoid work hardening of the material and degradation of the cutting edge. For applications with tough materials, the BM\/SBM models with higher S1 motor power are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the step speeds sufficient for standard use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 12 step speeds of 300-2,550 rpm cover standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm, soft steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. For each tool and material, there is an adequate step speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed change: open the transmission cover, move the belt to different pulleys, close the cover. Typical time: 30-60 seconds. For workshops with frequent speed changes (more than 5 changes\/hour), the Vario system is preferable to reduce time. For workshops predominantly using a standard material, step speeds are completely adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I tap with the TB?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly with hand taps: the standard TB does not have dedicated R\/L rotation. For precision tapping with a mechanical tap, the BM 25 T 400V or SB 30 Profi are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTapping with a hand tap (no machine rotation): the operator mounts the tap in the chuck, aligns it with the hole, manually rotates it with a tapping wrench. This procedure is suitable for occasional tapping on soft steels, M under M10. For precision tapping, M above M10, or frequent tapping, mechanical R\/L rotation is a crucial feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the TB truly professional or just for hobbies?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional entry-level. The TB is manufactured according to the same construction standards as the BM\/SBM Bernardo range (cast iron frame, IP 54 motor, quality bearings) but with simplified features to reduce the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor craft workshops with standard daily use, the TB is completely adequate: the hole quality and machine durability are comparable to the corresponding BM. The differences (no digital display, basic ergonomics, step speeds) impact work efficiency but not the technical quality of drilling. For advanced hobby use, the TB is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price ratio. For intensive professional use with efficiency requirements, the BM Vario or SBM Vario are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696684896584,"sku":"01-1031","price":434.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_TB_16_T_230_V_compatto_e_versatile.jpg?v=1758009588"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-tb-20t-230v","title":"Bernardo Bench Drill TB 20 T \/ 230 V entry level – drilling Ø 20 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.55 kW 230V motor, weight 54 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 20 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the enlarged entry-level model in the TB range with a drilling capacity of Ø 20 mm, capable of drilling in steel up to Ø 20 mm. Technical specifications: Morse taper MT 2, keyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 16, 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt drive, cast iron table 290 × 290 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, base treated with T-slots for clamping large workpieces, column Ø 72 mm. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle travel 80 mm, weight 54 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290 × 290 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TB 20 T \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 20 T \/ 230 V is a compact bench drill from the TB range (professional entry-level), sized for craft workshops, advanced hobbyists, and small laboratories requiring precision drilling in steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key construction feature: the TB model is a simplified version of the BM range, with a significantly lower price while maintaining Bernardo's build quality. Differences compared to the corresponding BM: no digital display, standard belt drive without additional components, simplified ergonomics. The 16 step speeds of 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 230V develops the necessary power for normal daily use. The 290 × 290 mm cast iron table, inclinable ±45° with T-slots, allows for angled drilling. Typical areas of use: metal hobbyists with standard precision requirements, craft workshops with occasional use, model makers for building small frames and mechanisms, basic educational laboratories for technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and stepped speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and stepped speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario models; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The TB 20 T \/ 230 V is the entry-level model in the Bernardo bench drill range. Features: standard MT 2 taper, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B16, stepped speeds. For daily use without the need for a digital display, the TB is economically preferable to the corresponding BM. For digital spindle travel display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper arbors, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the TB 20 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal hobbyist with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine at an affordable price, standard Bernardo construction, sufficient capacity for hobby applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop for non-daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm capacity covers most occasional applications. 54 kg weight manageable in a compact workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with digital display or higher precision needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor digital spindle travel display, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The TB is economical but without advanced features.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 20 mm; daily professional use with higher precision requirements (BM\/SBM\/B 430 are correctly sized); applications requiring a digital display or continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 × 290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 620 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TB 20 T \/ 230 V drill press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TB and the corresponding BM?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB is the entry-level version: no digital display, simplified ergonomics, significantly lower price than the corresponding BM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional hobby or craft workshop use without higher precision requirements, the TB is economically preferable. For daily professional use with digital spindle travel display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The basic construction quality (cast iron frame, bearings, IP 54 motor) is the same for both lines: the TB only eliminates advanced features (display, laser, ergonomics).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the nominal drilling capacity realistic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for soft and standard steels. The Ø 20 mm capacity is sized for structural steels (S235, S275, S355) and soft engineering steels (C45, 11SMnPb30): for these materials, the machine can perform drilling at the nominal diameter with adequate quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hard alloy steels (42CrMo4, 39NiCrMo3), the effective capacity is reduced by 20-30%: for the TB 20, the real capacity on hard steels is Ø 14 mm. For stainless steels (304, 316), the rotational speed must be reduced to 60-70% of the standard value to avoid material work hardening and tool degradation. For applications with tough materials, the BM\/SBM models with higher S1 motor power are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the stepped speeds sufficient for standard use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 16 stepped speeds of 220-2,840 rpm cover standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm, soft steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. For each tool and material, there is an adequate stepped speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging speeds: open the transmission cover, move the belt to different pulleys, close the cover. Typical time: 30-60 seconds. For workshops with frequent speed changes (more than 5 changes\/hour), the Vario system is preferable to reduce time. For workshops with predominant use of a standard material, the stepped speeds are completely adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I thread with the TB?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly with hand taps: the standard TB does not have dedicated R\/L rotation. For precision threading using a mechanical tap, the BM 25 T 400V or SB 30 Profi is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading with a hand tap (no machine rotation): the operator mounts the tap in the chuck, aligns it to the hole, rotates manually with a threading wrench. Procedure suitable for occasional threading on soft steels, M under M10. For precision threading, M over M10, or frequent threading, mechanical R\/L rotation is a decisive feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the TB truly professional or just for hobbyists?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional entry-level. The TB is manufactured according to the same construction standards as the BM\/SBM Bernardo range (cast iron frame, IP 54 motor, quality bearings) but with simplified functionalities to reduce the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor craft workshops with standard daily use, the TB is completely adequate: the hole quality and machine lifespan are comparable to the corresponding BM. The differences (no digital display, basic ergonomics, stepped speeds) impact work efficiency but not the technical quality of the drilling. For advanced hobbyist use, the TB is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price ratio. For intensive professional use with efficiency requirements, the BM Vario or SBM Vario are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696692597064,"sku":"01-1036","price":578.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_TB_20_T_230_V_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1758009117"},{"product_id":"trapani-banco-bernardo-tb-20t-400v","title":"Bernardo TB 20 T \/ 400 V Entry Level Bench Drill – drilling Ø 20 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.55 kW 400V three-phase motor, R\/L rotation, weight 54 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 20 T \/ 400 V bench drill is the upgraded entry-level model in the TB range with a three-phase motor and R\/L rotation for tapping, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm. Technical features: MT 2 Morse taper, 1-16 mm \/ B 16 quick-release chuck, 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt drive, 290 × 290 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, treated base with T-slots for clamping large workpieces, Ø 72 mm column. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, 80 mm spindle travel, 54 kg weight. Right\/left spindle rotation for tapping. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 290 × 290 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight\/left rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e for tapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 54 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TB 20 T \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 20 T \/ 400 V is a compact bench drill from the TB range (professional entry-level), sized for artisan workshops, advanced hobbyists, and small laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key constructive feature: the TB model is the simplified version of the BM range, with a significantly lower price while maintaining Bernardo's constructive quality. Differences compared to the corresponding BM: no digital display, standard belt drive without additional components, simplified ergonomics. The 16 step speeds of 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 400V three-phase develops the necessary power for normal daily use. The 290 × 290 mm cast iron table, inclinable ±45° with T-slots, allows for angled drilling. The right\/left rotation allows for tapping with a tap without the need for manual spindle stops. Typical application areas: metal hobbyists with standard precision requirements, artisan workshops with occasional use, model makers for constructing frames and small mechanisms, basic educational laboratories for technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of bench and pillar drills is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously adjustable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy duty pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The TB 20 T \/ 400 V is the entry-level model in the Bernardo bench drill range. Features: standard MT 2 taper, 1-16 mm quick-release chuck with B16, step speeds. For daily use without digital display requirements, the TB is economically preferable to the corresponding BM. For digital spindle travel display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, quick-release chucks, tapered shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the TB 20 T \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal hobbyist with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine at an affordable price, standard Bernardo construction, sufficient capacity for hobby applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan workshop for non-daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm capacity covers most occasional applications. 54 kg weight manageable in a compact workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with occasional tapping needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation for tapping with a tap.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with digital display needs or higher precision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor digital spindle travel display, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The TB is economical but without advanced features.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 20 mm; daily professional use with higher precision requirements (BM\/SBM\/B 430 are correctly sized); applications requiring digital display or continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 × 290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 × 620 × 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TB 20 T \/ 400 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 16 quick-release chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ B 16 tapered arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left spindle rotation function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between TB and the corresponding BM?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB is the entry-level version: no digital display, simplified ergonomics, significantly lower price than the corresponding BM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional hobby or artisan workshop use without higher precision requirements, the TB is economically preferable. For daily professional use with digital spindle travel display requirements, the corresponding BM is correctly sized. The basic constructive quality (cast iron frame, bearings, IP 54 motor) is the same for both lines: the TB only eliminates advanced features (display, laser, ergonomics).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the nominal drilling capacity realistic?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for mild and standard steels. The Ø 20 mm capacity is sized for structural steels (S235, S275, S355) and mild mechanical construction steels (C45, 11SMnPb30): for these materials, the machine can perform drilling at the nominal diameter with adequate quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hard alloy steels (42CrMo4, 39NiCrMo3), the effective capacity is reduced by 20-30%: for the TB 20, the real capacity on hard steels is Ø 14 mm. For stainless steels (304, 316), the rotation speed must be reduced to 60-70% of the standard value to avoid material work hardening and tool degradation. For applications with tough materials, the BM\/SBM models with higher S1 motor are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the step speeds sufficient for standard use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 16 step speeds of 220-2,840 rpm cover standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. There is an adequate step speed for every tool and material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging speeds: open the transmission cover, move the belt to different pulleys, close the cover. Typical time: 30-60 seconds. For workshops with frequent speed changes (more than 5 changes\/hour), the Vario system is preferable for time reduction. For workshops primarily using one standard material, the step speeds are completely adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I tap with the TB?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if it has R\/L rotation (TB 20 T 400V), otherwise only with hand taps. For precision tapping with a machine tap, the BM 25 T 400V or SB 30 Profi is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTapping with a hand tap (no machine rotation): the operator mounts the tap in the chuck, aligns it with the hole, manually rotates with a tapping wrench. This procedure is suitable for occasional tapping on mild steels, M under M10. For precision tapping, M over M10, or frequent tapping, mechanical R\/L rotation is a key feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the TB truly professional or just for hobbyists?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional entry-level. The TB is manufactured according to the same constructive standards as the BM\/SBM Bernardo range (cast iron frame, IP 54 motor, quality bearings) but with simplified features to reduce the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor artisan workshops with standard daily use, the TB is completely adequate: the hole quality and machine durability are comparable to the corresponding BM. The differences (no digital display, basic ergonomics, step speeds) impact work efficiency but not the technical quality of drilling. For advanced hobbyist use, the TB is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price. For intensive professional use with efficiency requirements, the BM Vario or SBM Vario are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696700395848,"sku":"01-1041","price":603.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_TB_20_T_400_V_compatto_e_robusto.jpg?v=1758008381"},{"product_id":"bernardo-rbm-780t-trapano-da-banco","title":"Bernardo Radial Bench Drilling Machine RBM 780 T \/ 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo RBM 780 T – Bench Radial Drill 230 V with Tilting Head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RBM 780 T bench drill is designed for precise drilling up to Ø 16 mm, suitable for advanced hobbyists and small workshops. The drilling head is extendable, swiveling, and tiltable from -90° to +45°, offering maximum flexibility of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precisely machined and ±45° tiltable work table allows for quick and accurate adjustments. The solid steel column with integrated rack and the wide base ensure stability during machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to cast iron pulleys and precision bearings, operation is smooth with high concentricity. The model is equipped with an IP54 compliant safety switch, height-adjustable protection, and a separate emergency stop button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 16 mm\u003cbr\u003e Self-centering drill chuck 1–16 mm included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Extendable, swiveling, and tiltable drilling head -90°\/+45°\u003cbr\u003e Precisely machined table, tiltable ±45°\u003cbr\u003e 12 rotation speeds (300–2550 rpm) for versatile machining\u003cbr\u003e Ø 58 mm steel column with rack height adjustment\u003cbr\u003e Grey cast iron pulleys for quiet operation\u003cbr\u003e High concentricity thanks to precision bearings\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003cbr\u003e Wide cast iron base for increased stability\u003cbr\u003e IP54 safety switch with undervoltage release\u003cbr\u003e Separate emergency stop for maximum safety\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 – 395 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 300 – 2550 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 255 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable base plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 x 850 x 820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Self-centering drill chuck 1–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e T-nuts\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Separate emergency stop button\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy buy Radial Bench Drill RBM 780 T \/ 230 V from Krollit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying the Radial Bench Drill RBM 780 T \/ 230 V from Krollit means choosing not only a machine for metalworking enthusiasts, but also concrete support before and after purchase.\u003cbr\u003eKrollit assists professionals, craftsmen and workshops in choosing the most suitable machine, offering assistance, technical support and spare parts management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a radial drill and when is it needed compared to a pillar drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a pillar drill, the workpiece moves to center the bit on the hole. In a radial drill, it's the spindle that moves: the radial arm moves along the column (height) and rotates around it (angle), bringing the spindle exactly over the drilling point on fixed, heavy workpieces that are not easily moved. It's the choice for large workpieces, metal fabrication, and machining on already assembled machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the radial arm motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Basic versions of the RD series have manual arm movement with screw locking. NC or Vario versions may have Z-axis motorization. Check the model specifications in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the purpose of right\/left (R\/L) spindle rotation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeft (L) rotation allows the use of left-hand cutters and loosening left-hand threaded screws. It is also useful for manual tapping operations where advancement (right) and retraction (left) are alternated to break the chip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer assistance available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed for installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius of the arm determines the minimum operating area. Leave clear space equal to the arm's radius on all sides of the column. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696883274056,"sku":"01-1134","price":481.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_RBM_780_T_Trapano_da_banco_compatto_con_testa_inclinabile.png?v=1757602515"},{"product_id":"trapani-a-colonna-guede-gtb-16-605","title":"Guede GTB 16\/605 Pillar Drill","description":"\u003cp\u003eGuede GTB 16\/605 is a pillar drill for professional use, with speeds of 630–2700 rpm, a 600 W motor, and a weight of approx. 18–20 kg. Krollit, official Guede distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 600 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating mode: S1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle stroke: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed: 630–2700 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GTB 16\/605 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking shops use the GTB 16\/605 for precision drilling on steel and cast iron, tapping with a tapping chuck, and repetitive work on pieces of various sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Guede range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Guede GTB 16\/605 is part of the Guede pillar drill range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Guede range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Guede catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the GTB 16\/605 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GTB 16\/605 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and metalworking\u003c\/strong\u003e: precision drilling on steel and cast iron, tapping with a tapping chuck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance workers and repair shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: repetitive drilling work on pieces of various sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOccasional hobbyist use\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for home use, consider compact bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630–2700 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaper attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle clamping range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 18–20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 m – H05VV-F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable (WxD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase (WxD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 x 355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNoise LWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the drilling capacity of the GTB 16\/605?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the \"Drilling capacity\" data in the machine's technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to standard unhardened steel. On harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: reduce speed and feed to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I adjust the spindle speed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVia mechanical belt or gear change in stepped models, via inverter or variator in Vario models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario models allow continuous adjustment, while stepped models require moving the belt to different pulleys. Correct speed selection based on drill bit diameter and material extends tool life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat spindle taper and type of tools does it support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Spindle taper\" in the technical table: typically MT 2, MT 3 or MT 4 depending on the model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT (Morse Taper) tapers are international standards and accessories (arbors, keyless chucks, reductions) are commonly available on the market. Krollit supplies original Bernardo accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the drill allow tapping with a tapping chuck?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly models with right\/left rotation as standard allow tapping with automatic tap release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the \"Right\/left rotation\" or \"Tapping\" specification: drills without mechanical reversal are not suitable for repetitive tapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight of the machine and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies from about 25 kg (compact bench models) to over 250 kg (industrial Profi models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench models are installed on a sturdy bench, while pillar or radial models require floor fixing with expansion anchors for stability during drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Guede","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51859654902088,"sku":"55202","price":206.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Guede_GTB_16_605_con_mandrino_autoserrante_e_tavolo_inclinabile.webp?v=1761566083"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/Progetto-senza-titolo-4.png?v=1753696720","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/drills-pillar.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}